blob: ca07f7a3f9109e9139fd6ec4a2513bc6befe262c [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000142 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400144 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200145 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500146 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500147 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400148 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
150/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800151/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500153/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
155/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
156/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400157/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
159/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
160/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500161/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
162/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500163/net Networking code
164/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500165/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
166/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500167/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169Software Configuration:
170=======================
171
172Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
173rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
174
175There are two classes of configuration variables:
176
177* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
178 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
179 "CONFIG_".
180
181* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
182 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
183 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200184 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000185
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500186Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
187symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
188U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
189allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
190build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000191
192
193Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
194---------------------------------------------------
195
196For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200197configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000198
199Example: For a TQM823L module type:
200
201 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200202 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000203
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500204Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
205you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
206doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000207
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600208Sandbox Environment:
209--------------------
210
211U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
212board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
213specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
214run some of U-Boot's tests.
215
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530216See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600217
218
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700219Board Initialisation Flow:
220--------------------------
221
222This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500223SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700224
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500225Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
226more detail later in this file.
227
228At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
229and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
230may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
231CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
232
233Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
234CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
235
236 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
237 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
238 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
239
240and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
241limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700242
243lowlevel_init():
244 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
245 - no global_data or BSS
246 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
247 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
248 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
249 board_init_f()
250 - this is almost never needed
251 - return normally from this function
252
253board_init_f():
254 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
255 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
256 - global_data is available
257 - stack is in SRAM
258 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
259 only stack variables and global_data
260
261 Non-SPL-specific notes:
262 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
263 can do nothing
264
265 SPL-specific notes:
266 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
267 version as needed.
268 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
269 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
270 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
271 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
272 directly)
273
274Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
275this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
276CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
277memory.
278
279board_init_r():
280 - purpose: main execution, common code
281 - global_data is available
282 - SDRAM is available
283 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
284 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
285
286 Non-SPL-specific notes:
287 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
288 there.
289
290 SPL-specific notes:
291 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
292 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
293 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800294 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700295 spl_board_init() function containing this call
296 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
297
298
299
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000300Configuration Options:
301----------------------
302
303Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
304such information is kept in a configuration file
305"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
306
307Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
308"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
309
310
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000311Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
312kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
313build a config tool - later.
314
Ashish Kumar63b23162017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530315- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
316 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
317 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
318 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
319
320 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
321
322 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
323 CCN-400
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000324
Ashish Kumarc055cee2017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530325 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
326
327 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329The following options need to be configured:
330
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500331- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500333- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200334
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530335- Marvell Family Member
336 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
337 multiple fs option at one time
338 for marvell soc family
339
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600340- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000341 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
342
343 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
344 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
345 compliance, among other possible reasons.
346
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
348
349 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
350 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
351 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
352
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500353 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
354
355 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
356 tree nodes for the given platform.
357
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000358 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
359
360 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
361 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
363
364 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
365 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
366
367 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
368 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
369
370 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
371 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
372 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
373 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
374
375 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
376 this erratum.
377
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530378 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
379 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800380 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530381
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530382 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
383 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800384 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530385
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
387
388 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
389 according to the A004510 workaround.
390
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530391 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
392 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
393 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
394
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
396 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
397 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
398
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530399 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
400 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
401 connected to the DSP core.
402
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
404 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
405
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
407 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
408 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
409 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
410
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530411 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
412 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800413 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530414
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800415 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800416 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800417 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
418
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000419- Generic CPU options:
420 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
421
422 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
423 values is arch specific.
424
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
426 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
427 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
428 SoCs.
429
430 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
431 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
432
433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
434 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
435 deskew training are not available.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
438 Freescale DDR1 controller.
439
440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
441 Freescale DDR2 controller.
442
443 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
444 Freescale DDR3 controller.
445
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
447 Freescale DDR4 controller.
448
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
450 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
451
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
453 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
454 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
455 implemetation.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400458 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700459 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
460 implementation.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
463 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700464 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
467 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
468 DDR3L controllers.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
471 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
481 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
482
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
484 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
485
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
487 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
488 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
489
490 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
491 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
492 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
493 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
494
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530495 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
496 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
497 concatenated with u-boot binary.
498
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
500 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
503 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
504
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
506 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
507 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
508 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
509
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
511 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
512 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
513 SoCs with ARM core.
514
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
516 Number of controllers used as main memory.
517
518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
519 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530521 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
522 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
523
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
525 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
526
527 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
528 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
529
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200530- MIPS CPU options:
531 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
532
533 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
534 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
535 relocation.
536
537 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
538
539 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
540 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
541 Possible values are:
542 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
543 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
544 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
545 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
546 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
547 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
548 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
549 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
550
551 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
552
553 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
554 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
555
556 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
557
558 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
559 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
560 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
561
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000562- ARM options:
563 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
564
565 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
566 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
567
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700568 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
569 Generic timer clock source frequency.
570
571 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
572 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
573 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
574 at run time.
575
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700576- Tegra SoC options:
577 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
578
579 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
580 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
581 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
582
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000583- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000584 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
585
586 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
587 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
588 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
589 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
590 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
591 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
592 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000593 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100594 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 default environment.
596
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000597 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
598
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800599 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000600 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
601 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
602
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400603 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200604
605 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400606 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
607 concepts).
608
609 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
610 * New libfdt-based support
611 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500612 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400613
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200614 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600615 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200616
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200617 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
618 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500619
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600620 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
621
622 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
623 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000624
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600625 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
626
627 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
628 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
629 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
630 the kernel.
631
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200632 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
633
634 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
635 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
636 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
637 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
638 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
639 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
640
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000641 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
642
643 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
644 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
645 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
646 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
647 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
648 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
649 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
650
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100651- vxWorks boot parameters:
652
653 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700654 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
655 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100656 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
657
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100658 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
659 the defaults discussed just above.
660
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000661- Cache Configuration:
662 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
663 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
664 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
665
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000666- Cache Configuration for ARM:
667 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
668 controller
669 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
670 controller register space
671
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000672- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200673 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000674
675 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
676
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200677 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000678
679 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
680
681 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
682
683 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
684 the clock speed of the UARTs.
685
686 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
687
688 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
689 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
690 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
691
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400692 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
693
694 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
695 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000696
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000697- Console Baudrate:
698 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
699 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200700 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000701
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702- Autoboot Command:
703 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
704 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
705 define a command string that is automatically executed
706 when no character is read on the console interface
707 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
708
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000709 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000710 The value of these goes into the environment as
711 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
712 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200713 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000714
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100715- Bootcount:
716 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
717 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
718 cycle, see:
719 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
720
721 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
722 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
723 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
724 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
725 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
726 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
727 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
728 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
729 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
730
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731- Pre-Boot Commands:
732 CONFIG_PREBOOT
733
734 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
735 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
736 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
737 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
738 entering interactive mode.
739
740 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
741 automatically generated or modified. For an example
742 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
743 modified when the user holds down a certain
744 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
745 booting the systems
746
747- Serial Download Echo Mode:
748 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
749 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
750 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
751 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
752 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
753 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
754 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
755
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500756- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
758 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200759 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000760
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600761- Removal of commands
762 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
763 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
764 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
765 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
766 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
767 simple boot procedures.
768
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000769- Regular expression support:
770 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200771 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
772 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
773 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
774 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000775
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000776- Device tree:
777 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
778 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
779 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
780 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
781 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
782 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
783
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000784 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700785 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000786
787 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
788 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
789 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
790 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
791 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsueb3eb602017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900792 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000793
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000794 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
795 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
796 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
797 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
798
799 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
800
801 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
802 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
803 still use the individual files if you need something more
804 exotic.
805
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700806 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
807 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
808 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
809 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
810 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
811
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812- Watchdog:
813 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
814 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000815 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200816 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
817 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
818 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
819 available, then no further board specific code should
820 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000821
822 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
823 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
824 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
825 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000826
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100827 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
828 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
829
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000830- U-Boot Version:
831 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
832 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
833 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
834 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200835 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
836 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000837
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000838- Real-Time Clock:
839
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000841 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
842 following options:
843
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000845 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000846 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000847 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000848 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000849 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200850 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000851 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100852 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000853 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200854 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200855 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
856 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000857
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000858 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
859 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
860
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600861- GPIO Support:
862 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600863
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000864 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
865 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
866 pins supported by a particular chip.
867
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600868 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
869 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
870
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600871- I/O tracing:
872 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
873 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
874 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
875 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
876 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
877 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
878 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
879 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
880
881 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
882 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
883 still continue to operate.
884
885 iotrace is enabled
886 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
887 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
888 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
889 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
890 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
891 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
892
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893- Timestamp Support:
894
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000895 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
896 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
897 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000900- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
901 Zero or more of the following:
902 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000903 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
904 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
905 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
906 disk/part_efi.c
907 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000908
Simon Glassfc843a02017-05-17 03:25:30 -0600909 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600910 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000911 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912
913- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000914 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
915 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000916
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000917 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
918 be performed by calling the function
919 ide_set_reset(int reset)
920 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921
922- ATAPI Support:
923 CONFIG_ATAPI
924
925 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
926
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000927- LBA48 Support
928 CONFIG_LBA48
929
930 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100931 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000932 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
933 support disks up to 2.1TB.
934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200935 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000936 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
937 Default is 32bit.
938
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200940 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
941 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
942 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
944 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200946 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
947 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000948
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000950 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000951 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
952
953 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
954 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
955 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
956 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
957
958 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
959 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
960 example with the "sspi" command.
961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962 CONFIG_EEPRO100
963 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200964 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000965 write routine for first time initialisation.
966
967 CONFIG_TULIP
968 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
969 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
970 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
971
972 CONFIG_NATSEMI
973 Support for National dp83815 chips.
974
975 CONFIG_NS8382X
976 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
977
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000978- NETWORK Support (other):
979
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100980 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
981 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
982
983 CONFIG_RMII
984 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
985
986 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
987 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
988 The driver doen't show link status messages.
989
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000990 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
991 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
992
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000993 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000994 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
995
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000996 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
997 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
998
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000999 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001000 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1001
1002 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1003 Define this to hold the physical address
1004 of the device (I/O space)
1005
1006 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1007 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1008
1009 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1010 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1011 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1012
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001013 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1014 Support for davinci emac
1015
1016 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1017 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1018
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001019 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1020 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1021
1022 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1023 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1024 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1025 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1026 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1027 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1028 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1029 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1030
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001031 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001032 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1033
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001034 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001035 Define this to hold the physical address
1036 of the device (I/O space)
1037
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001038 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001039 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1040
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001041 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001042 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1043 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001044 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001045
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001046 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1047 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1048
1049 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1050 Define the number of ports to be used
1051
1052 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1053 Define the ETH PHY's address
1054
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001055 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1056 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1057
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001058- PWM Support:
1059 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001060 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001061
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001062- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001063 CONFIG_TPM
1064 Support TPM devices.
1065
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001066 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1067 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001068 per system is supported at this time.
1069
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001070 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1071 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1072
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001073 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1074 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1075
1076 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1077 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1078 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1079
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001080 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1081 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1082 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1083
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001084 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1085 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1086
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001087 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001088 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1089 per system is supported at this time.
1090
1091 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1092 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1093 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1094 0xfed40000.
1095
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001096 CONFIG_TPM
1097 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1098 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1099 Requires support for a TPM device.
1100
1101 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1102 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1103 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1104
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001105- USB Support:
1106 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001107 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001108 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1109 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001110 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 storage devices.
1112 Note:
1113 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1114 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001115
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001116 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1117 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1118
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001119 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1120 HW module registers.
1121
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001122- USB Device:
1123 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1124 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1125 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001126 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001127 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1128 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001129 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001130 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1131 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1132 a Linux host by
1133 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1134 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1135 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1136 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001137
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001138 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1139 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001141 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1142 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1143 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001144
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301145 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1146 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1147 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1148 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1149 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1150 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1151 speed.
1152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001153 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001154 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1155 be set to usbtty.
1156
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001157 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001158 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001159 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001160 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1161 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1162 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1163
1164 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1165 Define this string as the name of your company for
1166 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001167
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001168 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1169 Define this string as the name of your product
1170 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1171
1172 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1173 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1174 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1175 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1176 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001177
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001178 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1179 Define this as the unique Product ID
1180 for your device
1181 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001183- ULPI Layer Support:
1184 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1185 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1186 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1187 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1188 viewport is supported.
1189 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1190 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001191 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1192 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1193 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001194
1195- MMC Support:
1196 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1197 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1198 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1199 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001200 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1201 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001202
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001203 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1204 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1205
1206 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1207 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1208
1209 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1210 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1211
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001212 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1213 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1214
1215 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1216 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1217 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1218
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001219- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001220 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001221 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1222
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001223 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1224 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1225
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001226 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1227 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1228
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301229 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1230 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1231 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1232 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1233 one that would help mostly the developer.
1234
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001235 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1236 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1237 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1238 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1239 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1240
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001241 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1242 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1243 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1244 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1245 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1246 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1247
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001248 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1249 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1250 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1251 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1252
1253 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1254 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1255 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1256 sending again an USB request to the device.
1257
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001258- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001259 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001260 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001262 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1263 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001264 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1265
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001267 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1268
1269 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1270
1271 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1272 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1273 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1274 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1275 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001276
1277- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001278 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001279 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001280 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1281 support, and should also define these other macros:
1282
1283 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1284 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001285 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1286 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1287 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1288 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1289 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1290
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001291 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1292 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001293 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001294 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001295
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001296- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1297
1298 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1299 display); also select one of the supported displays
1300 by defining one of these:
1301
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001302 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1303
1304 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1305
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001306 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001307
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001308 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001309
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001310 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001311
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001312 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1313 Active, color, single scan.
1314
1315 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1316
1317 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001318 Active, color, single scan.
1319
1320 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1321
1322 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1323 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1324
1325 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1326
1327 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1328 Active, color, single scan.
1329
1330 CONFIG_HLD1045
1331
1332 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1333 Active, color, single scan.
1334
1335 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1336
1337 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1338 or
1339 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1340 or
1341 Hitachi SP14Q002
1342
1343 320x240. Black & white.
1344
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001345 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1346
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001347 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001348 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1349 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1350 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1351 a per-section basis.
1352
1353
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001354 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1355
1356 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1357 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1358 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1359 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1360 printed out.
1361 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1362 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1363 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1364 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1365 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1366 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1367 1 = 90 degree rotation
1368 2 = 180 degree rotation
1369 3 = 270 degree rotation
1370
1371 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1372 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1373
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001374 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1375
1376 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1377
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001378 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1379
1380 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1381 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1382
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001383- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001384
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001385 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1386 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1387 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001388 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001389 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1390 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1391 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1392 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001393
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001394 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1395
1396 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1397 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001398 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001399 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1400 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1401 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1402 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1403 there is no need to set this option.
1404
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001405 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1406
1407 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1408 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1409 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1410 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1411 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1412 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1413
1414 Example:
1415 setenv splashpos m,m
1416 => image at center of screen
1417
1418 setenv splashpos 30,20
1419 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1420
1421 setenv splashpos -10,m
1422 => vertically centered image
1423 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1424
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001425- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1426
1427 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1428 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1429 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1430
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001431- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1432
1433 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1434 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1435 bmp command.
1436
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001437- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001438 CONFIG_GZIP
1439
1440 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1441
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001442 CONFIG_BZIP2
1443
1444 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1445 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1446 compressed images are supported.
1447
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001448 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001449 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001450 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001451
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001452- MII/PHY support:
1453 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1454
1455 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1456
1457 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1458
1459 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1460
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001461 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1462
1463 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1464 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1465 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1466 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1467
1468 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1469
1470 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1471 command issued before MII status register can be read
1472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001473- IP address:
1474 CONFIG_IPADDR
1475
1476 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001477 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001478 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001479 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480
1481- Server IP address:
1482 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1483
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001484 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001485 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001486 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001487
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001488 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1489
1490 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1491 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1492
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001493- Gateway IP address:
1494 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1495
1496 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1497 default router where packets to other networks are
1498 sent to.
1499 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1500
1501- Subnet mask:
1502 CONFIG_NETMASK
1503
1504 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1505 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1506 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1507 forwarded through a router.
1508 (Environment variable "netmask")
1509
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001510- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1511 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1512
1513 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1514 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001515 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001516 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1517 multicast group.
1518
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001519- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1520 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1521
1522 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1523 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1524 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1525 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1526 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1527 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1528 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1529 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001530 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531
1532 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1533 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1534 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1535 4th and following
1536 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1537
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001538 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1539
1540 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1541 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1542 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1543 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1544 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1545 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1546 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1547 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1548 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1549 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1550 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1551 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1552 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1553 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1554 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1555
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001556- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001557 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1558 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001559
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001560 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1561 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1562 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1563 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1564 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1565 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1566 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1567 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1568 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1569 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1570 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1571 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001572 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001573
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001574 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1575 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001576
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001577 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1578 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1579 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1580 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1581 is not available.
1582
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001583 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1584 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1585 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1586 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1587 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1588 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1589 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001590 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001591
1592 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1593 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1594 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001595 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001596 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1597 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001598
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001599 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1600
1601 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1602 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1603 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1604 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1605 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1606 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1607 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1608 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1609 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1610 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1611 this delay.
1612
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001613 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1614 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1615 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1616 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1617 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1618
1619 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1620
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001621 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001622 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001623
1624 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1625
1626 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1627
1628 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1629 of the device.
1630
1631 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1632
1633 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1634 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001635 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001636
1637 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1638
1639 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1640 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1641
1642 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1643
1644 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1645
1646 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1647
1648 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1649
1650 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1651
1652 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1653
1654 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1655
1656 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1657 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1658
1659 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1660
1661 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1662
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001663- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001664
1665 Several configurations allow to display the current
1666 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1667 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1668 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1669 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1670 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001671 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001672 feature in U-Boot.
1673
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001674 Additional options:
1675
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001676 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001677 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1678 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001679 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001680 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1681
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001682 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1683 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1684 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1685 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1686 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1687 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1688
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001689- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001690
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001691 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1692 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1693 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1694 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1695 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1696 interface.
1697
1698 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001699 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1700 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1701 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1702 for defining speed and slave address
1703 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1704 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1705 for defining speed and slave address
1706 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1707 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1708 for defining speed and slave address
1709 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1710 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1711 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001712
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001713 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1714 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1715 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1716 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1717 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1718 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001719 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001720 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1721 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1722 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1723 second bus.
1724
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001725 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001726 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1727 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1728 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001729
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001730 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1731 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1732 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1733 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1734
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001735 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1736 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001737 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1738 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1739 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1740 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001741 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1742 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1743 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1744 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1745 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1746 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001747 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1748 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001749 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001750 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1751
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001752 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1753 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1754 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1755
1756 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1757 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1758 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1759 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1760 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1761 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1762 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1763 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1764 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1765
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001766 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1767 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1768 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1769
1770 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1771 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1772 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1773 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1774 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1775 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1776 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1777 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1778 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1779 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001780 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001781
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001782 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1783 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1784 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1785 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1786 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1787 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1788 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1789 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1790 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1791 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1792 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1793 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1794
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001795 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1796 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1797 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1798 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1799
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301800 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1801 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1802 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1803 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1804 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1805
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001806 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1807 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1808 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1809 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1810 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1811 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1812 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1813 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1814 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1815 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1816 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1817 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1818 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1819 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001820 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1821 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1822 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1823 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1824 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1825 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1826 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1827 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1828 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001829
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001830 additional defines:
1831
1832 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001833 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001834
1835 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1836 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1837 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1838 omit this define.
1839
1840 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1841 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1842 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1843 define.
1844
1845 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001846 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001847 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1848 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1849 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1850
1851 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1852 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1853 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1854 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1855 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1856 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1857 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1858 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1859 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1860 }
1861
1862 which defines
1863 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001864 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1865 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1866 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1867 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1868 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001869 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001870 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1871 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001872
1873 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1874
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001875- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001876 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001877 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1878 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879
1880 I2C_INIT
1881
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001882 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001883 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001884
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001885 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001887 I2C_ACTIVE
1888
1889 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1890 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1891 define can be null.
1892
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001893 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1894
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001895 I2C_TRISTATE
1896
1897 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1898 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1899 define can be null.
1900
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001901 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1902
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001903 I2C_READ
1904
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001905 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1906 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001908 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1909
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001910 I2C_SDA(bit)
1911
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001912 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1913 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001914
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001915 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001916 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001917 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001919 I2C_SCL(bit)
1920
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001921 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1922 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001923
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001924 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001925 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001926 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001927
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928 I2C_DELAY
1929
1930 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1931 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001932 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001933 like:
1934
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001935 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001936
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001937 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1938
1939 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1940 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1941 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1942 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1943
1944 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1945 the generic GPIO functions.
1946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001947 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001948
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001949 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1950 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1951 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1952 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1953 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1954 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1955 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1956 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001957
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001958 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1959
1960 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001961 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1962 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001963 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001965 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001966
1967 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001968 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001969 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1970 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001971
1972 e.g.
1973 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001974 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001975
1976 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1977
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001978 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001979 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001980
1981 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001983 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001984
1985 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1986 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001988 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001989
1990 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1991 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1992
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001993 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1994
1995 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1996 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1997 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1998 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1999 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2000 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2001 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002003- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2004
2005 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2006 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2007 D/As on the SACSng board)
2008
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002009 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2010
2011 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2012 only SH7757 is supported.
2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2015
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002016 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2017 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2018 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2019 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2020 defined, the board configuration must define several
2021 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2022 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002023
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002024 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2025
2026 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2027 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2028 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002029 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002030 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2031
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002032 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2033
2034 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002035 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002036
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002037 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2038 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2039 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2040
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002041- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2042
2043 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2044
2045 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2046
2047 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2048 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2049
2050 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2051
2052 Enables support for FPGA family.
2053 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2054
2055 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002056
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002057 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002058
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002059 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002060
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002061 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002063 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002065 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2066 status by the configuration function. This option
2067 will require a board or device specific function to
2068 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002069
2070 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2071
2072 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2073 configuration driver.
2074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002075 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002078 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002079
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002080 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2081 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2082 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2083 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002085 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002087 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2088 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002089 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002090 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002092 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002094 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002095 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002096
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002097 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002098
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002099 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002100 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002101
2102- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002103 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2104
2105 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2106 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2107 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2108 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002109 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002110
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2112
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002113 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2114 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002115
2116- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2117
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002118 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2119 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002120 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002121 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2122 protects these variables from casual modification by
2123 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2124 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002125 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126
2127 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2128 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002129 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002130 these parameters.
2131
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002132 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2133 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002134 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2136 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2137 read-only.]
2138
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002139 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2140 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2141 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2142 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2143
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144- Protected RAM:
2145 CONFIG_PRAM
2146
2147 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2148 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2149 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2150 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2151 this default value by defining an environment
2152 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2153 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2154 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2155 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2156 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2157 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2158 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2159
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002160 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161 saveenv
2162
2163 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2164 either, which results in a memory region that will
2165 not be affected by reboots.
2166
2167 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2168 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2169 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2170 following board configurations are known to be
2171 "pRAM-clean":
2172
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002173 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002174 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002175 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002176
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002177- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2178 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2179 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2180 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2181 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2182 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2183 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2184
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002185- Error Recovery:
2186 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2187
2188 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2189 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2190 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002191 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002192 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2193 useful during development since you can try to debug
2194 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2195
2196 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2197
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002198 This variable defines the number of retries for
2199 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2200 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2201 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002203 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2204
2205 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2206
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002207 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2208
2209 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2210 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2211 try longer timeout such as
2212 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2213
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002214- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002215 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002216
2217 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2218
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002219 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002220
2221 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2222 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2223 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2224
2225 Note:
2226
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002227 In the current implementation, the local variables
2228 space and global environment variables space are
2229 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2230 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2231 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2232 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2233 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002234
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002235 Global environment variables are those you use
2236 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2237 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2238 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239
2240 To store commands and special characters in a
2241 variable, please use double quotation marks
2242 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2243 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2244 symbols.
2245
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002246- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002247 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2248
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002249 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002250 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002251
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002252- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2253 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2254
2255 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2256 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2257 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2258 and PS2.
2259
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002260- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2262
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002263 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2264 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002265 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002266
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002267 For example, place something like this in your
2268 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269
2270 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2271 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2272 "myvar2=value2\0"
2273
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002274 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2275 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2276 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2277 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002278 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279 You better know what you are doing here.
2280
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002281 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2282 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002283 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002284 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002285
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002286 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2287
2288 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2289 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2290 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2291
2292 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2293
2294 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2295 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2296 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2297 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2298 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2299
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002300 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2301
2302 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2303 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2304 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2305
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002306 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2307
2308 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002309 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002310 that so that the environment is not available until
2311 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2312 this is instead controlled by the value of
2313 /config/load-environment.
2314
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002315- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002316 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2317
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002318 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2319 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2320 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002321
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002322- Serial Flash support
Simon Glass00fd59d2017-08-04 16:35:06 -06002323 Usage requires an initial 'sf probe' to define the serial
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002324 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2325 commands.
2326
2327 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2328 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2329 flash is present on the system.
2330
2331 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2332 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2333 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2334 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2335
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002336 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2337
2338 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2339 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002340 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002341 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002342
2343 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002344 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002345
2346 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2347 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2348
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002349- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2350 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2351
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002352 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002353 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002354 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002355 number generator is used.
2356
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002357 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2358 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2359 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2360
2361 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002362 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2363 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2364 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2365 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2366 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2367 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2368
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002369- bootcount support:
2370 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2371
2372 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2373 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2374
2375 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2376 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002377 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2378 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2379 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2380 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2381 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2382 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2383 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2384 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2385 the bootcounter.
2386 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002387
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002388- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002389 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2390
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002391 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2392 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2393 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2394 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2395 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2396 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002398
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002399Legacy uImage format:
2400
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401 Arg Where When
2402 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002403 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002404 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002405 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002406 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002407 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002408 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2409 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2410 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002411 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002412 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2413 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2414 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2415 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002416 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002417 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002418
2419 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2420 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2421 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2422 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2423 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2424 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2425 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002426 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002427 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2428 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2429
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002430 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002431
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002432 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002433 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2434 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002435
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002436 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2437 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2438 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2439 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2440 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2441 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2442 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2443 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2444 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2445 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2446 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2447 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2448 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2449 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2450 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2451 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2452 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2453 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2454 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2455 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2456 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2457 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2458 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2459 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2460 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2461 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2462 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2463 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2464 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2465 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2466 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2467 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2468 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2469 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2470 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2471 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2472 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2473 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2474 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2475 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2476 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2477 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2478 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2479 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2480 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2481 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2482 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002484 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002486 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002487 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2488 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002489
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002490 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002491 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2492 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2493 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002494 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2495 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002496 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2497 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002498 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002500FIT uImage format:
2501
2502 Arg Where When
2503 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2504 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2505 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2506 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2507 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2508 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002509 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002510 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2511 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2512 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2513 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2514 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002515 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2516 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002517 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2518 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2519 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2520 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2521 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2522 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2523 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2524 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2525
2526 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2527 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2528 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002529 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002530 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2531 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2532 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2533 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2534 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2535 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2536 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2537 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2538 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2539 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2540 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2541 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2542
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002543 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002544 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2545
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002546 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002547 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2548
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002549 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002550 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2551
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002552- legacy image format:
2553 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2554 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2555
2556 Default:
2557 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2558
2559 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2560 disable the legacy image format
2561
2562 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2563 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2564
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002565- Standalone program support:
2566 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2567
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002568 This option defines a board specific value for the
2569 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2570 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002571 settings.
2572
2573- Frame Buffer Address:
2574 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2575
2576 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002577 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2578 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2579 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2580 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2581 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2582 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2583 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002584
2585 Please see board_init_f function.
2586
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002587- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2588 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2589 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2590 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2591
2592 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2593 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2594
2595- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2596 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2597
2598 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2599 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2600
2601 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2602
2603 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2604 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2605
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002606- UBI support
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002607 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2608
2609 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2610 warnings and errors enabled.
2611
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002612
2613 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2614 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2615 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2616 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2617 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2618 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2619
2620 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2621 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2622 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2623 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2624 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2625
2626 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002627
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002628 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2629 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2630 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2631 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2632 flash), this value is ignored.
2633
2634 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2635 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2636 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2637 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2638 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2639 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2640
2641 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2642 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2643 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2644 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2645 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2646 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2647 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2648 partition.
2649
2650 default: 20
2651
2652 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2653 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2654 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2655 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2656 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2657 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2658 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2659 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2660 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2661 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2662 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2663 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2664
2665 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2666 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2667 without a fastmap.
2668 default: 0
2669
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002670 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2671 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2672 default: 0
2673
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002674- UBIFS support
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002675 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2676
2677 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2678 warnings and errors enabled.
2679
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002680- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002681 CONFIG_SPL
2682 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002683
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002684 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2685 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2686
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002687 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2688 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2689 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2690 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002691 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002692 must not be both defined at the same time.
2693
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002694 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002695 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2696 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2697 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2698 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002699
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002700 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2701 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002702
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002703 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2704 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2705 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2706
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002707 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2708 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2709
2710 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002711 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2712 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2713 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002714 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002715 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002716
2717 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2718 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2719
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002720 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2721 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2722 loaded does not have a signature.
2723 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2724 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2725 will be caught.
2726 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2727 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2728 and thus should be skipped silently.
2729
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002730 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2731 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2732 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2733 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2734
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002735 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2736 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002737 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2738 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2739 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002740
2741 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2742 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002743
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002744 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2745 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2746 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2747 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2748
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002749 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2750 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2751 See also: doc/README.falcon
2752
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002753 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2754 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2755 about the running system.
2756
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002757 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2758 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2759
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002760 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2761 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2762 used in raw mode
2763
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002764 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2765 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2766 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2767
2768 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2769 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2770 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2771 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2772 (for falcon mode)
2773
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002774 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2775 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2776 used in fs mode
2777
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002778 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2779 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2780
2781 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002782 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002783 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002784
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002785 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002786 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002787 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002788
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002789 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2790 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2791 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2792 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2793 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2794
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302795 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2796 Avoid SPL relocation
2797
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002798 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2799 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2800 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2801
2802 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2803 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2804
2805 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2806 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2807
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002808 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002809 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2810 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002811
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002812 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2813 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2814 loader
2815
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002816 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2817 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2818 if you need to save space.
2819
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002820 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2821 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2822 SPL binary.
2823
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002824 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2825 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2826 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2827 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2828 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2829 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002830 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002831
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302832 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2833 Add support NAND boot
2834
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002835 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002836 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2837
2838 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2839 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2840
2841 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2842 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002843
2844 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002845 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002846
2847 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2848 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002849 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002850
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002851 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2852 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2853
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002854 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002855 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2856 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2857 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2858 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2859 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002860
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002861 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2862 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2863 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2864 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2865
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002866 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
2867 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2868 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2869 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2870 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2871
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002872- TPL framework
2873 CONFIG_TPL
2874 Enable building of TPL globally.
2875
2876 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2877 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2878 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002879 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2880 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2881 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002882
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002883- Interrupt support (PPC):
2884
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002885 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2886 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002887 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002888 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002889 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002890 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002891 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002892 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2893 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2894 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002895
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002896
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002897Board initialization settings:
2898------------------------------
2899
2900During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2901to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2902before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2903following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2904architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2905typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2906
2907- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2908- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2909- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2910- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002912Configuration Settings:
2913-----------------------
2914
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002915- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2916 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002918- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002919 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2920
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002921- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2922 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002924- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002925 prompt for user input.
2926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002927- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002929- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002931- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002933- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002934 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2935 booted
2936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002937- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002940- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002941 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2942 simple memory test.
2943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002944- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002945 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002947- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002948 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2949 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2950
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002951- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002952 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002953 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2954 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2955 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002956 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002957 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2958 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2959
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002960- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002961 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002962 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002963 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002964 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2965 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2966 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002967 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002968 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002969 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002970
2971 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2972 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2973 be touched.
2974
2975 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2976 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2977 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2978 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2979 problems.
2980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002981- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002982 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002984- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002985 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002987- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002988 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002990- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2992 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002993 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002994 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002996- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002997 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2998 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2999 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3000 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003002- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3004
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003005- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3006 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3007 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3008 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3009 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3010 space.
3011
3012 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3013 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3014 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003015 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003016 U-Boot relocates itself.
3017
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003018- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3019 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3020 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3021 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3022
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003023- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3024 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3025 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3026 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3027 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3028 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3029 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3030 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3031 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3032 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3033 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3034 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3035 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3036 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3037 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3038 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3039
3040 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003042- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003043 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3044 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003045 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003046 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003048- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3050 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003051 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3052 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003053 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003054 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003055 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003056 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3057 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3058 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003059
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003060- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3061 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3062 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3063 is enabled.
3064
3065- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3066 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3067 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3068
3069- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3070 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3071 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003073- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003074 Max number of Flash memory banks
3075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003076- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003077 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003080 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003082- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003086 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003088- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003089 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003091- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003092 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3093 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003095- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003096
3097 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3098 without this option such a download has to be
3099 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3100 copy from RAM to flash.
3101
3102 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3103 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003104 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3105 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003106 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003108- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003109 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003110 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003112- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003113 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3114 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003115
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003116- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3117 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3118 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3119 to the MTD layer.
3120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003121- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003122 Use buffered writes to flash.
3123
3124- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3125 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3126 write commands.
3127
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003128- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003129 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3130 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3131 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3132 optionally available.
3133
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003134- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3135 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3136 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3137 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3138
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003139- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3140 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3141 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3142 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3143 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3144 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3145 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3146 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3147
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003148- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003149 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3150 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003151 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3152 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003153 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003154 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3155
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003156- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3157
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003158 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3159 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3160 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3161 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3162 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003163
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003164- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3165- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003166 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003167 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3168 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3169 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3170
3171 The format of the list is:
3172 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003173 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3174 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003175 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3176 list = entry[,list]
3177
3178 The type attributes are:
3179 s - String (default)
3180 d - Decimal
3181 x - Hexadecimal
3182 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3183 i - IP address
3184 m - MAC address
3185
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003186 The access attributes are:
3187 a - Any (default)
3188 r - Read-only
3189 o - Write-once
3190 c - Change-default
3191
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003192 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3193 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003194 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003195
3196 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3197 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3198 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3199 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3200 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3201 ".flags" variable.
3202
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003203 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3204 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3205 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3206
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003207- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3208 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3209 access flags.
3210
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003211- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3212 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3213 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3214 building U-Boot to enable this.
3215
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3217of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3218following configurations:
3219
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003220- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3221
3222 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3223 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003225BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003226in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003227console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003228U-Boot will hang.
3229
3230Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3231environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3232keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3233to save the current settings.
3234
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003235BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3236"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003237environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3238but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003239
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003240- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3241
3242 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3243 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3244 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3245
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003246Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003247has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass00caae62017-08-03 12:22:12 -06003248created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003249until then to read environment variables.
3250
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003251The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3252is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3253with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3254necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3255"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3256have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003257
3258Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3259the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003260use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003262- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003263 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003265 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003266 also needs to be defined.
3267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003268- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003269 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003270
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003271- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3272 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3273 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3274 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3275 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3276 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3277
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003278- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3279 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3280 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3281 to do this.
3282
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003283- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3284 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3285 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3286 present.
3287
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003288- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3289 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3290 build system checks that the actual size does not
3291 exceed it.
3292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003293Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003294---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003297 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3298
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003299- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3300 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3301 PowerPC SOCs.
3302
3303- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3304 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3305 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3306
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003307- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3308 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3309 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003310 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003311 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3312 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3313 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3314
3315 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3316 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3317
3318- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003319 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3320 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003321 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3322 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3323
3324- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3325 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3326 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3327 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3328
3329- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3330 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3331 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3332
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003333- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003335
3336 the default drive number (default value 0)
3337
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003338 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003339
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003340 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003341 (default value 1)
3342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003343 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003344
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003345 defines the offset of register from address. It
3346 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003347 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003348
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003349 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3350 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003351 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003353 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003354 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3355 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003356 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003357 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003358
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003359- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3360 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3361 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3362 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3363 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3364 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003365 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003367- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003368 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003369 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003371- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003372
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003373 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003374 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3375 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3376 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3377 will become available only after programming the
3378 memory controller and running certain initialization
3379 sequences.
3380
3381 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003382 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003384- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003385
3386 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003387 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3388 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003390 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003391 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003392 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3393 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394
3395 Note:
3396 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3397 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003398 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3400 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3401
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003402- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003404- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003405 SDRAM timing
3406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003407- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408 periodic timer for refresh
3409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003410- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3411 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3412 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3413 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3415
3416- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003417 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3418 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003419 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3420
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003421- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003422 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003423 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3424 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3425 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3426 by coreboot or similar.
3427
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003428- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3429 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3430
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003431- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3432 Chip has SRIO or not
3433
3434- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3435 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3436
3437- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3438 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3439
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003440- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3441 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3442
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003443- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3444 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3445
3446- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3447 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3448
3449- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3450 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3451
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003452- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3453 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3454 a 16 bit bus.
3455 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003456 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003457 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003458 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003459
3460- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3461 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3462 a default value will be used.
3463
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003464- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003465 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3466 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3467
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003468 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3469 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3470
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003471- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003472 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3473 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3474 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003475
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003476- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3477 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3478 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3479 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3480 header files or board specific files.
3481
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003482- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3483 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3484
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003485- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3486 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3487
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003488- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3489 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3490
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003491- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003492 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3493 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003494
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003495- CONFIG_RMII
3496 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3497 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3498 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3499
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003500- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3501 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3502 The syntax is:
3503
3504 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3505
3506 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3507 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3508 area should have.
3509
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003510- CONFIG_LOOPW
3511 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003512 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003513
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003514- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3515 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3516 "md/mw" commands.
3517 Examples:
3518
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003519 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003520 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3521
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003522 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003523 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3524
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003525 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003526 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003527
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003528- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003529 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003530 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3531 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3532 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003533
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003534 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3535 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3536 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3537 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003538
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003539- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3540 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003541 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003542 instruction cache) is still performed.
3543
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003544- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003545 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3546 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3547 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003548
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003549- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3550 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3551 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3552 It is loaded by the SPL.
3553
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003554- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3555 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3556 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3557 previous 4k of the .text section.
3558
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003559- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3560 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3561 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3562 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3563 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3564 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3565 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3566 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3567
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003568- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3569 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3570 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003571
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01003572- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
3573 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
3574
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003575- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3576 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3577 driver that uses this:
3578 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
3579
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003580Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3581-----------------------------------
3582
3583The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3584loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3585This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3586are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3587within that device.
3588
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003589- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3590 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3591 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3592 is also specified.
3593
3594- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3595 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003596 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3597 is also specified.
3598
3599- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3600 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3601 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3602 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3603 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3604
3605- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3606 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3607 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3608 virtual address in NOR flash.
3609
3610- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3611 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3612 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3613
3614- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3615 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3616 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3617
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003618- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3619 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3620 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003621 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3622 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3623 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003624
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003625Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3626---------------------------------------------------------
3627The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3628"firmware".
3629This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3630are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3631within that device.
3632
3633- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3634 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3635
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303636Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3637-------------------------------------------
3638The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3639"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3640This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3641
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003642- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3643 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303644
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003645Reproducible builds
3646-------------------
3647
3648In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3649process have to be set to a fixed value.
3650
3651This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3652SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3653option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3654
3655SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3656
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657Building the Software:
3658======================
3659
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003660Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3661and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3662all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3663(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3664recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3665which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003667If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3668have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3669you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3670Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3671necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003673 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3674 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003676Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3677 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3678 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3679 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3680
3681 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3682
3683 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3684 be executed on computers running Windows.
3685
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003686U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3687sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688is done by typing:
3689
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003690 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003692where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003693rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003695Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3696 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3697 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3698 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003699 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003700
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003701 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003702 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003704 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003705 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003707 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003708
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003710Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3711images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003713- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3714- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3715- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003717By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3718in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3719this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3720
37211. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3722
3723 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003724 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003725 make O=/tmp/build all
3726
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020037272. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003728
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003729 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003730 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003731 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003732 make all
3733
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003734Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003735variable.
3736
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003738Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3739for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3740native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003741
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003743If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3744to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3745steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003746
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010037471. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003748 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003749 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
37502. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3751 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037523. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3753 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020037544. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037555. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3756 to be installed on your target system.
37576. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3758 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003761Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3762==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003763
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003764If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3765or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003766provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3767the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003768official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003770But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3771cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003772the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003773just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3774configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3775will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3776for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003777
3778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003779See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003782Monitor Commands - Overview:
3783============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003785go - start application at address 'addr'
3786run - run commands in an environment variable
3787bootm - boot application image from memory
3788bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003789bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003790tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3791 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3792 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003793tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3795diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3796loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3797loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3798md - memory display
3799mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3800nm - memory modify (constant address)
3801mw - memory write (fill)
3802cp - memory copy
3803cmp - memory compare
3804crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003805i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003806sspi - SPI utility commands
3807base - print or set address offset
3808printenv- print environment variables
3809setenv - set environment variables
3810saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3811protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3812erase - erase FLASH memory
3813flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003814nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003815bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3816iminfo - print header information for application image
3817coninfo - print console devices and informations
3818ide - IDE sub-system
3819loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003820loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821mtest - simple RAM test
3822icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3823dcache - enable or disable data cache
3824reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3825echo - echo args to console
3826version - print monitor version
3827help - print online help
3828? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003829
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3832========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003834TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003836For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837
3838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003839Environment Variables:
3840======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003842U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3843can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003845Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3846"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3847without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3848environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3849working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3850environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003852Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3853
3854List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003856 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003858 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003860 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003862 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003864 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003866 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3867 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3868 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3869 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3870 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3871 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003872 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3873 bootm_mapsize.
3874
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003875 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003876 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3877 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3878 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3879 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3880 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3881 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003882
3883 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3884 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3885 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3886 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3887 environment variable.
3888
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003889 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3890 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3891 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003893 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3894 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3895 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3896 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003898 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3899 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3900 be automatically started (by internally calling
3901 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3904 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3905 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3906 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3907 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003909 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3910 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003911 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3912 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3913 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3914 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3915 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3916 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3917 access it during the boot procedure.
3918
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003919 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3920 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3921 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3922 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3923 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3924 must be accessible by the kernel.
3925
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003926 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3927 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3928 defined.
3929
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003930 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3931 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3932 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3933 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3934 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003936 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3937 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3938 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3939 is usually what you want since it allows for
3940 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3941 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003942 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003943 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3944 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3945 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3946 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003948 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3949 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3950 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3951 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3952 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3953 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003955 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003957 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3958 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3959 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3960 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3961 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3962 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3963 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003965 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003967 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3968 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003970 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003972 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003974 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003976 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003978 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003980 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003982 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3983 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003984
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003985 => setenv ethact FEC
3986 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3987 => setenv ethact SCC
3988 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003990 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3991 available network interfaces.
3992 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3993
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003994 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003995 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3996 When set to "once" the network operation will
3997 fail when all the available network interfaces
3998 are tried once without success.
3999 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4000 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004001
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004002 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004003
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004004 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004005 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4006 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4007 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4008 is silent.
4009
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004010 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004011 UDP source port.
4012
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004013 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004014 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4015
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004016 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4017 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4018
4019 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4020 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4021 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4022 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4023 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4024 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4025 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4026
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004027 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
4028 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
4029 can happen during a single file transfer before that
4030 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
4031 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
4032 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
4033 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
4034
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004035 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004036 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004038
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05004039 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
4040 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
4041 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
4042 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
4043 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
4044
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004045The following image location variables contain the location of images
4046used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4047not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4048variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4049server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4050loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4051flash or offset in NAND flash.
4052
4053*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03004054boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004055boards use these variables for other purposes.
4056
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004057Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4058----- --------- ----------- --------------
4059u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4060Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4061device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4062ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4065updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4066depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068 bootfile - see above
4069 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4070 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4071 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4072 hostname - Target hostname
4073 ipaddr - see above
4074 netmask - Subnet Mask
4075 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4076 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004077
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004079There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004081 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4082 as type string and/or serial number
4083 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4086the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4087once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004088
4089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004090Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004092 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4093 with the "version" command. This variable is
4094 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4098only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004100
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004101Callback functions for environment variables:
4102---------------------------------------------
4103
4104For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004105when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004106be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4107deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4108effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4109
4110The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4111U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4112
4113These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4114static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4115in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4116associations. The list must be in the following format:
4117
4118 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4119 list = entry[,list]
4120
4121If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4122Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4123
4124Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4125with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4126override any association in the static list. You can define
4127CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004128".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004129
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004130If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4131regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
4132the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
4133
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135Command Line Parsing:
4136=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004138There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4139the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141Old, simple command line parser:
4142--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4145- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004146- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004147- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4148 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004149 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004150- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4151 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004153Hush shell:
4154-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004156- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4157 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4158 until...do...done, ...
4159- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4160 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4161 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4162 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004164General rules:
4165--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4168 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4169 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4170 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004172(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004173 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004174 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4175 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004177Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4178=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004179
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004180Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004181such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4182"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004184Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4185MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4186"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004188If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4189in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4190ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4191variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004193o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4194 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004196o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4197 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4198 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4201 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004203o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4204 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4205 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004208 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4209 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004211If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004212will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004213may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4214The naming convention is as follows:
4215"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217Image Formats:
4218==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004220U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4221images in two formats:
4222
4223New uImage format (FIT)
4224-----------------------
4225
4226Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4227to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4228components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4229SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4230
4231
4232Old uImage format
4233-----------------
4234
4235Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4236preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4237details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004239* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4240 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004241 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4242 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4243 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004244* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004245 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004246 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4248* Load Address
4249* Entry Point
4250* Image Name
4251* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4254and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4255CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004258Linux Support:
4259==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4262easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4263U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004265U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4266special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4267"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4268instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4269serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4272 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4273 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4276 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4279 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4280 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4281 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4282 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4283 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286Linux HOWTO:
4287============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4290---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4293configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4294(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4295Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004297But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4300include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004301Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4302and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004303as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004305Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4306If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4307is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4308doc/driver-model.
4309
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004311Configuring the Linux kernel:
4312-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4315device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004316
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004318Building a Linux Image:
4319-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004321With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4322not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4323"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4324U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4325which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4326100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004327
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004328Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004329
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004330 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004331 make oldconfig
4332 make dep
4333 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4336encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4337CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004339* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4344 -R .note -R .comment \
4345 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004347* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4354 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4355 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004356
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004358The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4359with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4360combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4361byte header containing information about target architecture,
4362operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4363stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4366print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4369contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4370checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372 tools/mkimage -l image
4373 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4376from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4379 -n name -d data_file image
4380 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4381 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4382 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4383 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4384 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4385 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4386 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4387 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004388
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004389Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4390address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4391kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4394- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004398 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4399 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004400 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4402 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4403 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4404 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4405 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4406 Load Address: 0x00000000
4407 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4412 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4413 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4414 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4415 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4416 Load Address: 0x00000000
4417 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004419NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4420speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4421needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4422need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004423
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004424 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004425 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4426 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004427 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004428 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4429 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4430 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4431 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4432 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4433 Load Address: 0x00000000
4434 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004437Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4438when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4441 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4442 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4443 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4444 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4445 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4446 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4447 Load Address: 0x00000000
4448 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004449
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004450The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4451option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4452option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4453from the image:
4454
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004455 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4456 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4457 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4458 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004459
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004461Installing a Linux Image:
4462-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4465you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004469The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4470image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4471address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4472specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4473command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004475Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4476TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004478 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480 .......... done
4481 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483 => loads 40100000
4484 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4485 ~>examples/image.srec
4486 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4487 ...
4488 15989 15990 15991 15992
4489 [file transfer complete]
4490 [connected]
4491 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
4493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004494You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004495this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004500 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4501 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4502 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4503 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4504 Load Address: 00000000
4505 Entry Point: 0000000c
4506 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004507
4508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509Boot Linux:
4510-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4513memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4514of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4515parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4516"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
4518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004519 => printenv bootargs
4520 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524 => printenv bootargs
4525 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527 => bootm 40020000
4528 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4529 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4530 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4531 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4532 Load Address: 00000000
4533 Entry Point: 0000000c
4534 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4535 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4536 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4537 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4538 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4539 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4540 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4541 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004543If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4545format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4550 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4551 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4552 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4553 Load Address: 00000000
4554 Entry Point: 0000000c
4555 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4558 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4559 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4560 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4561 Load Address: 00000000
4562 Entry Point: 00000000
4563 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004565 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4566 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4567 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4568 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4569 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4570 Load Address: 00000000
4571 Entry Point: 0000000c
4572 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4573 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4574 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4575 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4576 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4577 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4578 Load Address: 00000000
4579 Entry Point: 00000000
4580 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4581 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4582 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4583 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4584 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4585 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4586 ...
4587 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4588 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004592Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4593-----------
4594
4595First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4596titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4597following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4598flat device tree:
4599
4600=> print oftaddr
4601oftaddr=0x300000
4602=> print oft
4603oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4604=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4605Speed: 1000, full duplex
4606Using TSEC0 device
4607TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4608Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4609Load address: 0x300000
4610Loading: #
4611done
4612Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4613=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4614Speed: 1000, full duplex
4615Using TSEC0 device
4616TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4617Filename 'uImage'.
4618Load address: 0x200000
4619Loading:############
4620done
4621Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4622=> print loadaddr
4623loadaddr=200000
4624=> print oftaddr
4625oftaddr=0x300000
4626=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4627## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004628 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4629 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4630 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004631 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004632 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004633 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4634 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4635Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4636Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4637Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4638[snip]
4639
4640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641More About U-Boot Image Types:
4642------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4647 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4648 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4649 the Standalone Program.
4650 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4651 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4652 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4653 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4654 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4655 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4656 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4657 being started.
4658 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4659 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4660 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4661 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4662 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4663 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004665 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4666 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4667 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4668 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4669 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4670 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004672 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4673 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4674 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4677 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4678 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4679 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004680
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004681Booting the Linux zImage:
4682-------------------------
4683
4684On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4685using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4686as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4687
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004688Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004689kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4690address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4691format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4692
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004694Standalone HOWTO:
4695=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004697One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4698run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4699U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703"Hello World" Demo:
4704-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4707application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4708It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4709like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711 => loads
4712 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4713 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4714 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4715 [file transfer complete]
4716 [connected]
4717 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004719 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4720 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4721 Hello World
4722 argc = 7
4723 argv[0] = "40004"
4724 argv[1] = "Hello"
4725 argv[2] = "World!"
4726 argv[3] = "This"
4727 argv[4] = "is"
4728 argv[5] = "a"
4729 argv[6] = "test."
4730 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4731 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4736handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4737Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4738The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4739character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4740controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4743 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4744 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4745 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747 => loads
4748 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4749 ~>examples/timer.srec
4750 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4751 [file transfer complete]
4752 [connected]
4753 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755 => go 40004
4756 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4757 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4758 Using timer 1
4759 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761Hit 'b':
4762 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4763 Enabling timer
4764Hit '?':
4765 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4766 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4767Hit '?':
4768 [q, b, e, ?] .
4769 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4770Hit '?':
4771 [q, b, e, ?] .
4772 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4773Hit '?':
4774 [q, b, e, ?] .
4775 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4776Hit 'e':
4777 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4778Hit 'q':
4779 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
4781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782Minicom warning:
4783================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004785Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4786"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4787consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4788Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4789especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004790use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4791http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4792for help with kermit.
4793
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4796configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4799 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4800 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004801
4802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803NetBSD Notes:
4804=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4807(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4810NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4811need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4812Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4813attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4814missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4817 # mkdir powerpc
4818 # ln -s powerpc machine
4819 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4820 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004822Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4823and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4826stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4827proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4828tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004829meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
4831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832Implementation Internals:
4833=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4836implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4837inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4838hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
4840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004841Initial Stack, Global Data:
4842---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4845starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4846system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4847This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4848is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4849at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4850options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4851models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4852MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4853locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004855 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004856 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4859 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4860 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4861 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4864 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4865 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4866 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4867 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004868 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4870 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4873 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004874 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4876 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4877 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4878 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004880 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004881 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4882 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004883 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004884 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4885 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4886 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4887 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4888 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890 -Chris Hallinan
4891 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4894code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4897 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004898
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004899* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4901 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4904 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004907normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4909simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4910functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4911functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4912the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4913place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4914reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4917relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4918GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4921 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004922 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4924 R5-R10: parameter passing
4925 R13: small data area pointer
4926 R30: GOT pointer
4927 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004928
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004929 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4930 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4931 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004933 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4936 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4937 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4938 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4939 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4940 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944 R0: function argument word/integer result
4945 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004946 R9: platform specific
4947 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4949 R12: temporary workspace
4950 R13: stack pointer
4951 R14: link register
4952 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004954 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4955
4956 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004958On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4959 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4960
4961 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4962
4963 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4964 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4965
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004966On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4967
4968 R0-R1: argument/return
4969 R2-R5: argument
4970 R15: temporary register for assembler
4971 R16: trampoline register
4972 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4973 R29: global pointer (GP)
4974 R30: link register (LP)
4975 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4976 PC: program counter (PC)
4977
4978 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4979
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004980NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4981or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983Memory Management:
4984------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4987MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4990controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4991memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4992physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4995TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4996booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4997to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004998memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5000Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5003of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5006this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5009 :
5010 0x0000 1FFF
5011 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5012 :
5013 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015 :
5016 :
5017 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5018 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5019 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5020 :
5021 0x00FD FFFF
5022 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5023 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5024 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5025 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
5027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028System Initialization:
5029----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005032(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005033configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5035To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5036initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02005037which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
5038cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
5039the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5042preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5043(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5044on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5045programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5046simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5047banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5050different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5051bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
50520x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5053contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005055Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5056and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5057Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5058pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5061until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5062running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5063new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
5065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005066U-Boot Porting Guide:
5067----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5070list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
5072
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005073int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074{
5075 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005077 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5078 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005081 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082 return 0;
5083 }
5084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005085 Download latest U-Boot source;
5086
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005087 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005089 if (clueless)
5090 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092 while (learning) {
5093 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005094 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5095 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005097 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005099
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005100 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5101 Buy a BDI3000;
5102 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005103 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005104
5105 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5106 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5107 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5108 } else {
5109 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5110 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005112 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5113 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005115 while (!accepted) {
5116 while (!running) {
5117 do {
5118 Add / modify source code;
5119 } until (compiles);
5120 Debug;
5121 if (clueless)
5122 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5123 }
5124 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5125 if (reasonable critiques)
5126 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5127 else
5128 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131 return 0;
5132}
5133
5134void no_more_time (int sig)
5135{
5136 hire_a_guru();
5137}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005138
5139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140Coding Standards:
5141-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005144coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005145"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005147Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5148MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005149reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005150sources.
5151
5152Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5153Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5154in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155
5156Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5157- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005158- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005160- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5162
5163Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5164with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
5166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167Submitting Patches:
5168-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5171establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5172may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005174Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005175
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005176Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5177see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5180it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5183 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5184 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5187 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5190
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005191* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5192 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005194* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5195 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196
5197* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5198 document these in the README file.
5199
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005200* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5201 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005202 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005203 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5204 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005206 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5207 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5208 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005210 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5211 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5212 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5213 affected files).
5214
5215 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5216 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217
5218* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5219 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5220
5221* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5222 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5223
5224
5225Notes:
5226
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005227* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005228 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5229 for any of the boards.
5230
5231* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5232 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5233 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5234
5235* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5236 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5237 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5238 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5239 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5240 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005241
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005242* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5243 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5244 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5245 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.